1 //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
15 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16 #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
18 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
32 #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
33 #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
48 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
49 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
50 #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
58 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
59 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
61 class InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
68 class ASTMutationListener;
77 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
78 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
79 class CXXConstructorDecl;
80 class CXXConversionDecl;
82 class CXXDestructorDecl;
83 class CXXFieldCollector;
84 class CXXMemberCallExpr;
90 class ClassTemplateDecl;
91 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
92 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
93 class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
94 class CodeCompleteConsumer;
95 class CodeCompletionAllocator;
96 class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
97 class CodeCompletionResult;
102 class DeclaratorDecl;
103 class DeducedTemplateArgument;
104 class DependentDiagnostic;
105 class DesignatedInitExpr;
108 class EnumConstantDecl;
111 class ExternalSemaSource;
115 class FunctionProtoType;
116 class FunctionTemplateDecl;
117 class ImplicitConversionSequence;
119 class InitializationKind;
120 class InitializationSequence;
121 class InitializedEntity;
122 class IntegerLiteral;
126 class LocalInstantiationScope;
129 typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath;
131 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
133 class ObjCCategoryDecl;
134 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
135 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
136 class ObjCContainerDecl;
138 class ObjCImplementationDecl;
139 class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
141 template <class T> class ObjCList;
142 class ObjCMessageExpr;
143 class ObjCMethodDecl;
144 class ObjCPropertyDecl;
145 class ObjCProtocolDecl;
146 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
148 class OverloadCandidateSet;
153 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
154 class PseudoObjectExpr;
156 class StandardConversionSequence;
160 class TemplateArgument;
161 class TemplateArgumentList;
162 class TemplateArgumentLoc;
164 class TemplateParameterList;
165 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
166 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
170 class TypedefNameDecl;
172 class TypoCorrectionConsumer;
174 class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
175 class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
176 class UnresolvedSetImpl;
177 class UnresolvedSetIterator;
179 class UsingShadowDecl;
182 class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
183 class VisibilityAttr;
184 class VisibleDeclConsumer;
185 class IndirectFieldDecl;
186 struct DeductionFailureInfo;
187 class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
190 class AccessedEntity;
191 class BlockScopeInfo;
192 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
193 class CapturingScopeInfo;
194 class CompoundScopeInfo;
195 class DelayedDiagnostic;
196 class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
197 class FunctionScopeInfo;
198 class LambdaScopeInfo;
199 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
200 class TemplateDeductionInfo;
203 namespace threadSafety {
205 void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache);
208 // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
209 // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
210 typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
211 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
213 /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
215 Sema(const Sema &) = delete;
216 void operator=(const Sema &) = delete;
218 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
219 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
221 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
222 bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
224 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
226 bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D);
228 bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old,
229 const NamedDecl *New) {
230 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
231 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
232 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
233 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
234 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
235 // with internal linkage.
236 return isVisible(Old) || New->isExternallyVisible();
240 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
241 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
242 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
244 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
245 FPOptions FPFeatures;
247 const LangOptions &LangOpts;
250 ASTConsumer &Consumer;
251 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
252 SourceManager &SourceMgr;
254 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
257 /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
258 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
260 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
261 DeclContext *CurContext;
263 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
264 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
265 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
267 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
268 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
269 DeclarationName VAListTagName;
271 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
272 /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
273 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
275 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
277 /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI.
278 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind
279 MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod;
281 enum PragmaVtorDispKind {
282 PVDK_Push, ///< #pragma vtordisp(push, mode)
283 PVDK_Set, ///< #pragma vtordisp(mode)
284 PVDK_Pop, ///< #pragma vtordisp(pop)
285 PVDK_Reset ///< #pragma vtordisp()
288 enum PragmaMsStackAction {
289 PSK_Reset, // #pragma ()
290 PSK_Set, // #pragma ("name")
291 PSK_Push, // #pragma (push[, id])
292 PSK_Push_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], "name")
293 PSK_Pop, // #pragma (pop[, id])
294 PSK_Pop_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], "name")
297 /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft
298 /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean:
300 /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps
301 /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial
303 /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed
306 /// The stack always has at least one element in it.
307 SmallVector<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode, 2> VtorDispModeStack;
309 /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes. Can be empty.
310 SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally;
312 /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs
313 SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc;
315 template<typename ValueType>
318 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel;
320 SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
321 Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
323 SourceLocation PragmaLocation)
324 : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value),
325 PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation) {}
327 void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
328 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
329 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
331 explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Value)
332 : CurrentValue(Value) {}
333 SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack;
334 ValueType CurrentValue;
335 SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
337 // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but
338 // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module).
339 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack;
340 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack;
341 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack;
342 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack;
344 /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg.
345 StringLiteral *CurInitSeg;
346 SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc;
348 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
349 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
351 /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off"
352 /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If
353 /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location.
354 SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
356 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
358 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
359 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
360 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
362 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
363 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
364 bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
366 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
367 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The
368 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
369 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
371 /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs
372 /// that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not
373 /// be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue
374 /// and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions
375 /// of the enclosing full expression. This is cleared at the end of each
377 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
379 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
380 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
382 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first
383 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
384 /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
385 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
387 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
388 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
391 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
392 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
393 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
394 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
396 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
397 std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
399 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
401 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
402 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
404 /// \brief Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused.
405 llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4>
406 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates;
408 /// \brief Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit
410 /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions
411 /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression
412 /// used in initializer of the field.
413 typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc;
414 typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs;
415 llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs;
417 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
419 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
420 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
421 /// same list more than once.
422 std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
424 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
425 /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
426 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
428 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
429 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
431 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
432 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
433 TentativeDefinitionsType;
435 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
436 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
438 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
439 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
440 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
442 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
443 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
444 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
446 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
447 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
448 DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
450 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
451 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
452 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
454 /// \brief All the overriding functions seen during a class definition
455 /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden
457 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2>
458 DelayedExceptionSpecChecks;
460 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
461 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
462 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
463 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
464 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
465 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
466 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
467 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
468 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
470 typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *>
471 LateParsedTemplateMapT;
472 LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
474 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
475 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
476 typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P);
477 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
478 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup;
481 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP,
482 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup,
484 LateTemplateParser = LTP;
485 LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup;
489 class DelayedDiagnostics;
491 class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
492 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
493 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
495 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
496 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
498 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
499 /// during parsing and other processing.
500 class DelayedDiagnostics {
501 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
502 /// diagnostics should go.
503 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
506 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {}
508 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
509 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
511 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
512 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; }
514 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
515 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
519 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
520 /// collected in this pool.
521 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
522 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
523 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
528 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
529 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part
530 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
531 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
532 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
535 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
537 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
538 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
539 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
544 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
545 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
546 assert(CurPool == nullptr);
547 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
549 } DelayedDiagnostics;
551 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
555 DeclContext *SavedContext;
556 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
557 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
560 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true)
561 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
562 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
563 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
565 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
566 S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
568 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType();
572 if (!SavedContext) return;
573 S.CurContext = SavedContext;
574 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
575 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
576 SavedContext = nullptr;
584 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
586 class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
588 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
591 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
592 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
594 S.PushFunctionScope();
595 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
598 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
599 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
600 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
604 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
605 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
606 /// identifier, declared or undeclared
607 llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
609 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
610 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers
611 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
612 /// in the currently selected standard.
613 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
616 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
617 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
619 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
620 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
621 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
622 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
623 /// It would be best to refactor this.
624 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
626 IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
628 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
629 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
630 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
633 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
634 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
636 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
637 /// standard library.
638 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
640 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
641 /// \<initializer_list>.
642 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
644 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
645 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
647 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
648 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
650 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
651 std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
653 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
654 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
656 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
657 QualType NSNumberPointer;
659 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
660 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
662 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
663 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
665 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
666 QualType NSStringPointer;
668 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
669 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
671 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
672 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
674 /// \brief Pointer to NSMutableArray type (NSMutableArray *).
675 QualType NSMutableArrayPointer;
677 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
678 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
680 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
681 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
683 /// \brief Pointer to NSMutableDictionary type (NSMutableDictionary *).
684 QualType NSMutableDictionaryPointer;
686 /// \brief Pointer to NSMutableSet type (NSMutableSet *).
687 QualType NSMutableSetPointer;
689 /// \brief Pointer to NSCountedSet type (NSCountedSet *).
690 QualType NSCountedSetPointer;
692 /// \brief Pointer to NSMutableOrderedSet type (NSMutableOrderedSet *).
693 QualType NSMutableOrderedSetPointer;
695 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
696 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
698 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
699 QualType QIDNSCopying;
701 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
702 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
704 /// \brief counter for internal MS Asm label names.
705 unsigned MSAsmLabelNameCounter;
707 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
708 /// have been declared.
709 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
711 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
712 /// references to fields. This is really a
713 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
715 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
716 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
717 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
718 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
719 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
720 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
721 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
725 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
726 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
727 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
730 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
731 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
732 /// cases in a switch statement).
735 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
736 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
737 /// expression at run time.
738 PotentiallyEvaluated,
740 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
741 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
742 /// in fact the current expression is used.
744 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
745 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
746 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
747 /// until the default argument is used.
748 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
751 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
752 /// expression evaluation contexts.
753 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
754 /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
755 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
757 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
758 bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
760 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
763 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
764 /// this expression evaluation context.
765 unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
767 /// \brief The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation
768 /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created).
771 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
773 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
774 /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
775 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
777 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
778 /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
779 /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
780 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
782 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
783 /// and block literals within this context.
785 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
786 /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
787 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
789 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
790 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
791 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
793 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
794 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
795 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
797 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
798 unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
799 bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
800 Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
802 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
803 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
805 ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
807 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
808 /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
809 MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx);
811 bool isUnevaluated() const {
812 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
816 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
817 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
819 /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
822 /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
824 /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
825 /// associated with the context, if relevant.
826 MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
827 const DeclContext *DC,
828 Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
831 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
834 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
835 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
836 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
845 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
848 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
849 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
852 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
853 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
855 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
856 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
859 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
861 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
863 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
865 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
866 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
867 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
868 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
870 TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
872 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
874 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
875 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
877 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>>
878 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
880 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
881 /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
883 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
884 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
885 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
886 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
887 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
889 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
890 // argument locations.
891 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
893 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
894 /// definition in this translation unit.
895 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
897 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
898 void getUndefinedButUsed(
899 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
901 /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at
902 /// the end of translation unit.
903 const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> &
904 getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const;
906 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
907 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
909 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
910 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
911 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
912 /// of selectors are "overloaded").
913 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
914 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
915 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
917 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
919 llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
921 /// Kinds of C++ special members.
922 enum CXXSpecialMember {
923 CXXDefaultConstructor,
932 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
934 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
935 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
936 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
937 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
939 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
941 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
942 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
943 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
945 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
946 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
947 /// should not be used elsewhere.
948 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
950 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
952 class FPContractStateRAII {
954 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
955 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
956 ~FPContractStateRAII() {
957 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
961 bool OldFPContractState : 1;
964 void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T);
967 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
968 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
969 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr);
972 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
973 /// initialized but before it parses anything.
976 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
977 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
978 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
980 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
981 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
982 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
983 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
984 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
985 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
986 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
988 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
989 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
991 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
993 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
995 void PrintStats() const;
997 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
998 /// template instantiation stacks.
1000 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
1001 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
1002 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
1003 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
1004 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
1006 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
1011 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
1012 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
1014 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
1015 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
1016 if (!isActive()) return;
1018 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
1019 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
1020 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
1022 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
1023 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
1024 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
1025 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
1026 // eliminate that code.
1030 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
1031 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
1034 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
1035 template<typename T>
1036 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
1037 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
1038 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
1044 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
1045 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
1046 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
1047 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
1050 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
1051 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
1053 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
1054 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
1056 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
1058 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
1060 getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1061 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1063 /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken()
1064 SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0);
1066 /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor.
1067 ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const;
1069 void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings();
1071 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
1073 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
1075 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
1077 void PushFunctionScope();
1078 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
1079 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
1081 /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
1082 /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth
1083 /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
1084 void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
1086 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
1088 CapturedRegionKind K);
1090 PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr,
1091 const Decl *D = nullptr,
1092 const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr);
1094 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
1095 return FunctionScopes.back();
1098 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const {
1099 if (FunctionScopes.empty())
1102 for (int e = FunctionScopes.size()-1; e >= 0; --e) {
1103 if (isa<sema::BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[e]))
1105 return FunctionScopes[e];
1110 template <typename ExprT>
1111 void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
1112 if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
1113 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
1116 void PushCompoundScope();
1117 void PopCompoundScope();
1119 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
1121 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
1123 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
1124 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
1126 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
1127 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
1129 /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
1130 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
1132 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1133 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1135 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
1136 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1138 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1140 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1141 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1144 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1145 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1146 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1147 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1148 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1149 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1150 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1151 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1152 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1153 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1154 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1155 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1156 SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1158 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1160 /// \brief Build a function type.
1162 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1163 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1164 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1165 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1166 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1168 /// \param T The return type of the function.
1170 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1171 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1172 /// function parameters.
1174 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1175 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1176 /// type that will have function type.
1178 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1181 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1182 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1184 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1185 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1186 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1187 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1188 MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1189 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1190 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1192 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1194 DeclarationName Entity);
1195 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1196 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1197 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1198 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1200 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1201 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1202 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1203 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1205 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1206 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1207 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1208 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1209 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty,
1210 TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr);
1211 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1212 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1213 const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1214 void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD,
1215 const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
1216 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
1217 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1218 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1219 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1220 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1221 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1222 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1223 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1224 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1225 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1226 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
1227 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
1228 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1229 bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1230 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1231 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1232 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1233 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1234 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1235 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1236 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1238 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1240 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1241 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1242 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1244 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1245 struct TypeDiagnoser {
1248 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
1250 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1251 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1254 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1255 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1256 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1257 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1258 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1259 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1260 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1263 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1264 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1265 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1266 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1267 static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1268 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1270 template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
1272 std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args;
1274 template <std::size_t... Is>
1275 void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB,
1276 llvm::index_sequence<Is...>) const {
1277 // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order.
1278 bool Dummy[] = {(DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...};
1283 BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args)
1284 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) {}
1286 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1289 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID);
1290 emit(DB, llvm::index_sequence_for<Ts...>());
1296 bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1297 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1299 VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules;
1300 llvm::SmallVector<VisibleModuleSet, 16> VisibleModulesStack;
1302 Module *CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1305 /// \brief Get the module owning an entity.
1306 Module *getOwningModule(Decl *Entity);
1308 /// \brief Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND
1309 /// visible at the specified location.
1310 void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc);
1312 bool isModuleVisible(Module *M) { return VisibleModules.isVisible(M); }
1314 /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1315 bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) {
1316 return !D->isHidden() || isVisibleSlow(D);
1318 bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def);
1320 /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration
1321 /// that should be made visible to expose the definition.
1322 bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested);
1323 bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) {
1325 return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden);
1328 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1329 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1330 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1333 template <typename... Ts>
1334 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1335 const Ts &...Args) {
1336 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1337 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1340 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1341 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1343 template <typename... Ts>
1344 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) {
1345 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1346 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1349 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1350 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1351 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1353 template <typename... Ts>
1354 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1355 const Ts &...Args) {
1356 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1357 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1360 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1361 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1363 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1364 /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated
1365 /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto).
1366 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc,
1367 bool AsUnevaluated = true);
1368 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1369 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1370 SourceLocation Loc);
1372 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1373 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1376 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1377 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1378 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1379 /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1380 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1382 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr);
1384 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1386 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1388 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1389 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
1390 bool isClassName = false,
1391 bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1392 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1393 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1394 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1395 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr);
1396 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1397 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1398 void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1399 SourceLocation IILoc,
1402 ParsedType &SuggestedType,
1403 bool AllowClassTemplates = false);
1405 /// \brief For compatibility with MSVC, we delay parsing of some default
1406 /// template type arguments until instantiation time. Emits a warning and
1407 /// returns a synthesized DependentNameType that isn't really dependent on any
1408 /// other template arguments.
1409 ParsedType ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
1410 SourceLocation NameLoc);
1412 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1413 /// by \c ClassifyName().
1414 enum NameClassificationKind {
1420 NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1426 class NameClassification {
1427 NameClassificationKind Kind;
1429 TemplateName Template;
1431 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1433 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1436 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1438 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1440 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1441 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1443 static NameClassification Error() {
1444 return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1447 static NameClassification Unknown() {
1448 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1451 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1452 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1455 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1456 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1457 Result.Template = Name;
1461 static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1462 NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
1463 Result.Template = Name;
1467 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1468 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1469 Result.Template = Name;
1473 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1475 ParsedType getType() const {
1476 assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1480 ExprResult getExpression() const {
1481 assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1485 TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1486 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
1487 Kind == NC_VarTemplate);
1491 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1493 case NC_TypeTemplate:
1494 return TNK_Type_template;
1495 case NC_FunctionTemplate:
1496 return TNK_Function_template;
1497 case NC_VarTemplate:
1498 return TNK_Var_template;
1500 llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
1505 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1506 /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1508 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1509 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1510 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1512 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1514 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1516 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1517 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1519 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1521 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1522 /// disambiguate the name.
1524 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1525 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1528 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1530 ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1531 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
1532 bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1533 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr);
1535 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1537 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1538 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1539 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
1540 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1541 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1542 DeclarationName Name,
1543 SourceLocation Loc);
1545 diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals,
1546 SourceLocation FallbackLoc,
1547 SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1548 SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1549 SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1550 SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation());
1552 static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
1553 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1554 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1555 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1556 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1557 void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope);
1558 void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
1559 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD);
1560 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1561 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1562 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1563 LookupResult &Previous);
1564 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1565 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1566 NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
1567 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1568 LookupResult &Previous,
1569 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1571 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1572 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1573 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1574 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1575 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1577 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1578 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1579 LookupResult &Previous,
1580 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1582 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1584 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1585 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1587 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1588 void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1589 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1590 void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1591 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1592 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1593 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1594 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1595 bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1596 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1597 void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
1598 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1599 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1602 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1603 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1604 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1606 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1607 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1609 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1610 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1611 SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1612 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1613 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1614 SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1616 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1617 bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1618 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1619 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1620 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1621 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
1622 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
1623 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
1624 SourceLocation AttrEnd);
1625 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1626 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1627 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1628 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1629 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1630 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
1631 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1633 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1634 /// documentation comments.
1635 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1636 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1638 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1639 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1640 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
1641 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition =
1643 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1644 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1645 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1646 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1647 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1650 /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or
1651 /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting
1652 /// code for that function.
1654 /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the
1655 /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to
1656 /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11
1657 /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs.
1658 bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D);
1660 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1661 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1662 /// code for that function.
1664 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1665 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1666 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1667 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1669 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1670 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1671 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1672 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1673 void ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D);
1675 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1676 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1677 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1679 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1680 /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1681 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1682 ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1684 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1685 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1686 /// specified threshold.
1687 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1688 ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1692 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1693 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1694 SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1695 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1697 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1698 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1699 AttributeList *AttrList,
1700 SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1702 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1704 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1706 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1708 /// \param Path The module access path.
1709 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1712 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a
1713 /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
1714 void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1716 /// \brief The parsed has entered a submodule.
1717 void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1718 /// \brief The parser has left a submodule.
1719 void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1721 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1722 /// source location, for error recovery, if possible.
1724 /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup
1725 /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user
1726 /// has forgotten to import.
1727 void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
1730 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1731 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1732 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1735 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1736 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1737 const Preprocessor &PP);
1740 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1741 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1743 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1745 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1747 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1748 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
1750 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1753 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
1755 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1756 RecordDecl *Record);
1758 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1759 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1760 SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1761 const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1764 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;'
1765 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;'
1766 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1767 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;'
1770 struct SkipBodyInfo {
1771 SkipBodyInfo() : ShouldSkip(false), Previous(nullptr) {}
1773 NamedDecl *Previous;
1776 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1777 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1778 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1779 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1780 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1781 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1782 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1783 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1784 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
1785 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1787 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1788 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1790 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1791 AttributeList *Attr,
1792 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1794 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1797 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1798 IdentifierInfo *Name,
1799 SourceLocation TagLoc,
1800 SourceLocation NameLoc);
1802 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1803 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1804 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1805 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1806 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1808 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1809 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1810 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1811 AccessSpecifier AS);
1812 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
1813 SourceLocation DeclStart,
1814 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1815 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1817 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
1819 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1820 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1821 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1822 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1823 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1824 SourceLocation TSSL,
1825 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1826 Declarator *D = nullptr);
1828 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1829 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
1830 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
1831 bool Diagnose = false);
1832 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1833 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1834 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1835 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1836 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1837 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1839 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1840 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1841 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1842 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1843 AttributeList *AttrList);
1845 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1846 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1847 /// struct, or union).
1848 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1850 /// \brief Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping.
1851 void ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD) {
1852 PushDeclContext(S, cast<DeclContext>(TD));
1855 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1857 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1858 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1859 /// member declarations.
1860 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1861 SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1862 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
1863 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1865 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1866 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1867 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1868 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1870 void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition() {
1874 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1876 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1877 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1879 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1880 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1881 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1883 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1884 /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1885 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1887 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1888 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1889 SourceLocation IdLoc,
1892 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1893 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1894 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1896 /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped.
1897 /// \param II The name of the first enumerator.
1898 SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
1899 SourceLocation IILoc);
1901 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1902 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1903 AttributeList *Attrs,
1904 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1905 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1906 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1907 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
1908 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1910 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1912 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1913 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1914 void PopDeclContext();
1916 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1917 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1918 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1919 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1921 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1922 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1923 void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1925 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1927 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1928 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently
1929 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1930 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1932 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1933 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently
1934 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1935 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1937 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1938 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently
1939 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1940 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1942 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1943 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1945 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1946 /// top level scope.
1948 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1950 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1951 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1953 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1954 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1955 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1957 /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the
1958 /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained
1959 /// directly within it.
1960 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr,
1961 bool AllowInlineNamespace = false);
1963 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1964 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL.
1965 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1967 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1968 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1969 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1970 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1972 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1973 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
1974 IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1975 VersionTuple Introduced,
1976 VersionTuple Deprecated,
1977 VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1981 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1982 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1983 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1984 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1985 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1986 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1987 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1988 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1989 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1990 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1991 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1993 mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
1994 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex,
1995 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
1996 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1997 IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
1998 int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1999 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
2000 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2001 AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2002 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2003 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2004 MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2005 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2006 OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2007 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2009 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
2010 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
2011 enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
2012 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
2014 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
2017 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
2018 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
2022 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2023 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
2024 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
2025 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S,
2026 bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2027 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2028 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2029 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
2030 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
2031 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2032 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
2033 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
2035 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
2036 // to represent what is actually causing the operation
2037 enum AssignmentAction {
2045 AA_Passing_CFAudited
2048 /// C++ Overloading.
2050 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
2051 /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
2054 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
2055 /// an existing declaration.
2058 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
2062 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
2064 const LookupResult &OldDecls,
2065 NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
2066 bool IsForUsingDecl);
2067 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
2069 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
2070 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
2072 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
2073 /// an available function, false otherwise.
2074 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
2076 ImplicitConversionSequence
2077 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2078 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2080 bool InOverloadResolution,
2082 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
2084 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2085 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2086 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2087 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2088 bool InOverloadResolution,
2089 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2090 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2091 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2092 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2093 QualType &ConvertedType);
2094 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2095 QualType& ConvertedType);
2096 bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
2097 const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
2098 unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr);
2099 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
2100 QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2102 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
2103 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2105 CXXCastPath& BasePath,
2106 bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2107 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2108 bool InOverloadResolution,
2109 QualType &ConvertedType);
2110 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2112 CXXCastPath &BasePath,
2113 bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2114 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2115 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
2116 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2117 QualType &ResultTy);
2118 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
2119 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
2121 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2122 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
2123 QualType ResultType,
2125 bool AllowNRVO = true);
2127 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2129 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2130 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2132 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
2133 bool AllowExplicit = false);
2134 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
2135 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2136 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2137 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
2139 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
2140 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
2142 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
2144 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label.
2145 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
2146 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
2147 CCEK_NewExpr ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
2149 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2150 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2151 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2152 APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2154 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
2155 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
2156 class ContextualImplicitConverter {
2159 bool SuppressConversion;
2161 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
2162 bool SuppressConversion = false)
2163 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
2165 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
2166 /// for this conversion.
2167 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
2169 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2170 /// integral or enumeration type.
2171 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2172 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2174 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
2175 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2176 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2178 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
2180 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
2181 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2183 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
2184 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2185 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2187 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
2189 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2190 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2192 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
2193 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2194 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2196 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
2197 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
2198 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
2199 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2201 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
2204 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2205 bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2208 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2209 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2210 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2211 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2213 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2214 bool match(QualType T) override;
2216 SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2217 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
2218 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2221 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2222 /// integral or enumeration type.
2223 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2224 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2227 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2228 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2229 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2232 enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2237 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2239 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2240 // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2241 enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2250 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2252 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2253 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2254 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2257 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2258 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2259 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2260 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2262 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2263 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2264 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2265 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2266 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2267 bool PartialOverloading = false,
2268 bool AllowExplicit = false);
2269 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2270 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2271 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2272 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
2273 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2274 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2275 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2276 QualType ObjectType,
2277 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2278 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2279 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2280 bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2281 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2282 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2283 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2284 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2285 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2286 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2287 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2288 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2289 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2290 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2291 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2292 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2293 QualType ObjectType,
2294 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2295 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2296 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2297 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2298 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2299 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2300 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2301 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2302 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2303 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2304 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2305 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2306 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2307 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2308 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2309 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2310 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2311 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2312 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2313 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2314 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2315 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2316 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2317 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2318 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2319 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2320 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2321 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2322 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2323 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2324 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2325 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2326 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2327 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2328 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2329 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2330 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2331 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2332 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2333 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2334 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2335 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2336 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2338 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2339 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2340 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2341 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2343 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2344 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
2346 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
2347 // identified by the expression Expr
2348 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
2350 /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first
2351 /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful.
2352 EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2353 bool MissingImplicitThis = false);
2355 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return]
2356 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2358 // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2359 // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2360 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2361 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2364 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2365 QualType TargetType,
2367 DeclAccessPair &Found,
2368 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr);
2371 ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2372 bool Complain = false,
2373 DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr);
2375 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2376 ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2377 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2378 bool Complain = false,
2379 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2380 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2381 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2384 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2385 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2387 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2388 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2391 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2392 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2393 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2394 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2396 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2397 // range-based for loop.
2398 enum ForRangeStatus {
2400 FRS_NoViableFunction,
2401 FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2404 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
2405 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
2406 enum BeginEndFunction {
2411 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
2412 SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2414 BeginEndFunction BEF,
2415 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2416 LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2417 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2418 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2420 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2421 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2422 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2424 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2426 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2428 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2429 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2430 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2431 ExprResult *Result);
2433 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2435 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2438 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2440 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2441 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2443 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2444 SourceLocation RLoc,
2445 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2448 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2449 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2451 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2453 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2455 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2457 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2458 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2459 bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr);
2461 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2462 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2463 /// that best represents the call.
2464 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2465 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2467 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2468 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param,
2469 ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd,
2470 bool CheckParameterNames);
2471 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2472 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2473 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2475 /// \name Name lookup
2477 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2478 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2479 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2480 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2481 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2482 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2484 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2485 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2486 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2487 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2488 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2489 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2490 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2492 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2493 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2494 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2495 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2496 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2497 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2498 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2499 /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2502 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2503 enum LookupNameKind {
2504 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2505 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2506 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2507 LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2508 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2509 /// structs, and unions.
2511 /// Label name lookup.
2513 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2514 /// class/struct/union members.
2516 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2517 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2518 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2520 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2521 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2522 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2523 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2524 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2525 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2526 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2527 LookupNamespaceName,
2528 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2529 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate
2530 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2531 LookupUsingDeclName,
2532 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2533 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2534 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2535 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2536 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2537 /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
2538 /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
2539 LookupLocalFriendName,
2540 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2541 LookupObjCProtocolName,
2542 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2543 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2544 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2548 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2549 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2550 enum RedeclarationKind {
2551 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2552 /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2553 NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2554 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2555 /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2559 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2560 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2561 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2563 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2564 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2566 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2567 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2569 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2570 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2571 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2573 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2574 /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
2575 /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
2579 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2580 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2587 typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator;
2588 typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)>
2589 TypoRecoveryCallback;
2592 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2594 struct TypoExprState {
2595 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer;
2596 TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler;
2597 TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler;
2599 TypoExprState(TypoExprState&& other) LLVM_NOEXCEPT;
2600 TypoExprState& operator=(TypoExprState&& other) LLVM_NOEXCEPT;
2603 /// \brief The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state.
2604 llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos;
2606 /// \brief Creates a new TypoExpr AST node.
2607 TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
2608 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
2609 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC);
2611 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2613 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2614 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2615 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2617 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2619 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2621 /// \brief Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and
2622 /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction
2623 /// should be skipped entirely.
2624 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer>
2625 makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2626 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
2628 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2629 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
2630 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
2631 bool ErrorRecovery);
2634 const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const;
2636 /// \brief Clears the state of the given TypoExpr.
2637 void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE);
2639 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return
2640 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2642 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2643 /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2644 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2646 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2647 RedeclarationKind Redecl
2648 = NotForRedeclaration);
2649 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2650 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2651 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2652 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2653 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2655 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2656 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2657 bool EnteringContext = false);
2658 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2659 RedeclarationKind Redecl
2660 = NotForRedeclaration);
2661 bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2663 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2664 QualType T1, QualType T2,
2665 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2666 void addOverloadedOperatorToUnresolvedSet(UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2667 DeclAccessPair Operator,
2668 QualType T1, QualType T2);
2670 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2671 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2673 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2674 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2675 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2677 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2678 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2679 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2681 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2682 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2683 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2685 bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id);
2686 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2687 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2690 bool AllowStringTemplate);
2691 bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2693 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2694 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions);
2696 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2697 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2698 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2699 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2700 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2701 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2703 enum CorrectTypoKind {
2704 CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation.
2705 CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery.
2708 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2709 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2710 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2711 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2712 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
2713 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
2714 bool EnteringContext = false,
2715 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr,
2716 bool RecordFailure = true);
2718 TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2719 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
2721 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2722 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
2723 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
2724 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
2725 bool EnteringContext = false,
2726 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr);
2728 /// \brief Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children,
2729 /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there
2730 /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or
2731 /// more typos could not be corrected.
2733 /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs.
2735 /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its
2738 /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if
2739 /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo
2740 /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different
2741 /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted.
2743 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
2744 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
2745 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; });
2748 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E,
2749 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
2750 return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E, nullptr, Filter);
2754 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
2755 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
2756 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) {
2757 return ER.isInvalid() ? ER : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), Filter);
2761 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER,
2762 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
2763 return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER, nullptr, Filter);
2766 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2767 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2768 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2770 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2771 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2772 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
2773 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2775 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2776 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2777 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2778 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2780 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2781 bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace);
2783 void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2786 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2787 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2788 bool TypoCorrection = false);
2789 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2790 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2791 SourceLocation Loc);
2792 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2794 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2796 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2798 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2799 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2800 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
2801 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2802 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
2803 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2804 const AttributeList *AttrList);
2806 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2808 /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar
2809 /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by
2810 /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference
2812 bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false);
2814 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2815 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
2816 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
2817 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2818 bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr,
2819 unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str,
2820 SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr);
2821 bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
2822 bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(
2823 CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
2824 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
2826 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
2828 /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
2829 /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from
2830 /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
2831 void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic);
2833 // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens.
2834 // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not
2835 // one that came from a typedef.
2836 bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T);
2838 /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
2839 /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
2840 const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
2842 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2843 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2846 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2847 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2848 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2850 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2851 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2852 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2854 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2855 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2856 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2857 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2858 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2860 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2861 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2863 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2864 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2865 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2866 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2867 SourceLocation Loc);
2869 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2870 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2871 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2872 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2873 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2875 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2876 /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2877 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2878 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2879 bool SynthesizeProperties);
2881 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2882 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2883 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2884 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2885 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2887 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
2888 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
2889 /// declared in class 'IFace'.
2890 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2891 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
2893 /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
2894 /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
2895 void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S,
2896 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);
2898 /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
2899 /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
2900 /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
2901 ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2902 const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
2904 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2905 /// class extensions.
2906 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2907 SourceLocation AtLoc,
2908 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2909 FieldDeclarator &FD,
2912 const bool isAssign,
2913 const bool isReadWrite,
2914 const unsigned Attributes,
2915 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2916 bool *isOverridingProperty,
2918 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2920 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2921 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2922 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2923 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2924 SourceLocation AtLoc,
2925 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2926 FieldDeclarator &FD,
2929 const bool isAssign,
2930 const bool isReadWrite,
2931 const unsigned Attributes,
2932 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2934 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2935 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
2937 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2938 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2939 /// setter or getter.
2940 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2941 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2943 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2945 void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides(
2946 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD,
2947 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD);
2949 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2951 enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2956 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2957 /// true, or false, accordingly.
2958 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2959 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2960 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2962 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2963 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2964 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2965 const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2966 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2967 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2968 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2969 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2970 bool &IncompleteImpl,
2971 bool ImmediateClass,
2972 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2974 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2975 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2976 /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2977 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2979 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2980 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2983 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2984 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2985 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2987 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2988 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2989 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2990 bool receiverIdOrClass,
2994 /// \brief - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for
2995 /// given selector. If no such method or only one method found, function returns
2996 /// false; otherwise, it returns true
2997 bool CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel,
2998 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods,
3001 bool AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod,
3003 bool receiverIdOrClass);
3005 void DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods,
3006 Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3007 bool receiverIdOrClass);
3010 /// \brief - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or
3011 /// nullptr if none could be found
3012 ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args,
3016 /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
3017 TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
3018 bool RecordFailure = true) {
3020 TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
3021 return TypoCorrection();
3025 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
3026 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
3027 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
3028 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
3029 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3030 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
3033 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
3034 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3035 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
3038 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
3040 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
3042 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3043 /// there are multiple signatures.
3044 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3045 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3046 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3050 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3051 /// there are multiple signatures.
3052 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3053 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3054 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3058 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
3059 QualType ObjectType=QualType());
3060 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
3062 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
3064 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
3066 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
3067 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
3069 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3070 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
3074 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { }
3076 ExprResult release() {
3080 Expr *get() const { return E; }
3082 Expr *operator->() {
3087 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
3088 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
3091 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
3096 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3097 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
3099 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
3100 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get());
3102 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3104 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
3105 /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
3106 return FullExprArg(FE.get());
3109 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
3110 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
3112 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
3113 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
3115 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3116 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3117 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
3118 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
3120 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
3121 class CompoundScopeRAII {
3123 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
3124 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3127 ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
3128 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3135 /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit.
3136 struct FunctionScopeRAII {
3139 FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {}
3140 ~FunctionScopeRAII() {
3142 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
3144 void disable() { Active = false; }
3147 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
3148 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3149 SourceLocation EndLoc);
3150 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
3151 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
3152 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
3153 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
3154 SourceLocation ColonLoc);
3155 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
3157 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3158 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3159 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
3160 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
3161 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
3163 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
3164 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
3167 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
3168 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
3170 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3171 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3174 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3175 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
3176 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
3178 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
3179 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
3180 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
3181 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
3182 SourceLocation CondRParen);
3184 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3185 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3186 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
3189 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3191 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
3193 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
3194 Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
3195 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3196 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
3198 enum BuildForRangeKind {
3199 /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
3201 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
3202 /// attempt any typo-correction.
3204 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
3205 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
3209 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
3210 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
3211 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3212 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3213 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3214 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3215 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
3216 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
3218 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3219 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3220 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
3222 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3223 SourceLocation LabelLoc,
3224 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3225 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3226 SourceLocation StarLoc,
3228 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3229 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3231 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3232 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
3233 typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType;
3234 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3235 CapturedRegionKind Kind,
3236 ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params);
3237 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
3238 void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
3239 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
3241 unsigned NumParams);
3242 VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
3243 bool AllowFunctionParameters);
3244 bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD,
3245 bool AllowFunctionParameters);
3247 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
3249 StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3250 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3252 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
3253 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
3254 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
3255 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3256 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
3257 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3259 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3260 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3262 llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
3263 bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
3264 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
3265 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3266 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3267 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
3268 StringRef AsmString,
3269 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
3270 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
3271 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
3272 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
3273 SourceLocation EndLoc);
3274 LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName,
3275 SourceLocation Location,
3278 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
3279 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3280 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
3281 bool Invalid = false);
3283 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3285 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
3286 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
3288 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3290 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
3291 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
3293 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
3294 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
3296 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
3298 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
3302 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3304 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3305 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3306 SourceLocation IdLoc,
3307 IdentifierInfo *Id);
3309 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3311 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
3312 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
3313 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3314 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
3316 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
3317 SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3319 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
3322 void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock();
3323 void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock();
3324 StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block);
3325 StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope);
3327 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
3329 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
3331 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
3333 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
3335 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
3336 /// whose result is unused, warn.
3337 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
3338 void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D);
3339 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
3341 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
3342 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
3344 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
3347 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3351 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
3352 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
3353 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
3354 const Stmt *PossibleBody);
3356 /// Warn if a value is moved to itself.
3357 void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
3358 SourceLocation OpLoc);
3360 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
3361 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
3363 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
3365 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
3366 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
3367 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
3369 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
3370 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
3373 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
3375 enum AvailabilityDiagnostic { AD_Deprecation, AD_Unavailable, AD_Partial };
3377 void EmitAvailabilityWarning(AvailabilityDiagnostic AD,
3378 NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
3380 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
3381 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty,
3382 bool ObjCPropertyAccess);
3384 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
3387 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3388 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
3390 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
3391 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3392 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=nullptr,
3393 bool ObjCPropertyAccess=false);
3394 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
3395 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3396 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
3397 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
3398 SourceLocation Loc);
3399 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3400 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
3402 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3403 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
3404 bool IsDecltype = false);
3405 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3406 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3407 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3408 bool IsDecltype = false);
3409 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3411 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3413 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3414 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3416 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3418 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also
3419 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3420 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants
3421 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3422 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3423 // named expressions.
3424 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
3425 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
3426 bool OdrUse = true);
3427 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
3428 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
3429 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
3431 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
3432 void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
3434 enum TryCaptureKind {
3435 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
3438 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3440 /// \param Var The variable to capture.
3442 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
3444 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
3445 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
3447 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
3448 /// an explicit lambda capture.
3450 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
3451 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3452 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3453 /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3455 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3456 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3457 /// variable can be captured.
3459 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3460 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3463 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
3464 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
3465 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
3466 /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
3467 /// a nested generic lambda.
3469 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3470 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3471 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3472 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3473 QualType &CaptureType,
3474 QualType &DeclRefType,
3475 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
3477 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3478 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3479 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3480 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3482 /// \brief Checks if the variable must be captured.
3483 bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3485 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3486 /// variable will have in the given scope.
3487 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3489 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3490 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3491 bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3493 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3494 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3495 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3496 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3497 bool ForceComplain = false,
3498 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr);
3500 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3501 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3502 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3504 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3505 /// evaluation context.
3507 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3508 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3509 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3510 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3511 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3512 const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3514 // Primary Expressions.
3515 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3517 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(
3518 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3519 UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3520 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr,
3521 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr);
3523 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3524 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3525 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3526 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3529 DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3530 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3531 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
3532 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr);
3534 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3536 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3538 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3539 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3540 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3541 bool isAddressOfOperand,
3542 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3544 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3547 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
3549 BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
3550 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3551 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
3552 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3553 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
3555 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
3556 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3557 SourceLocation nameLoc,
3558 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3559 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none),
3560 Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr,
3561 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3563 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3564 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3566 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3567 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3568 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3570 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3571 bool IsDefiniteInstance);
3572 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3573 const LookupResult &R,
3574 bool HasTrailingLParen);
3576 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(
3577 CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3578 bool IsAddressOfOperand, TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr);
3580 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3581 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3582 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3583 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3585 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3588 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
3589 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
3590 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
3591 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3592 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr,
3593 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
3595 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3596 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3597 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3598 SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3599 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
3601 ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
3602 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT);
3603 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3604 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3606 bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
3608 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3609 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok,
3610 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3611 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3612 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3616 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3617 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3618 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks,
3619 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3621 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3622 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3623 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3624 Expr *ControllingExpr,
3625 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
3626 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
3627 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3628 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3629 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3630 Expr *ControllingExpr,
3631 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
3632 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
3634 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3635 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3637 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3638 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3639 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3640 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3642 QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
3644 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3645 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3646 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3648 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3649 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3651 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3652 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3653 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3654 const SourceRange &ArgRange);
3656 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3657 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3659 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3660 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3661 SourceRange ExprRange,
3662 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3663 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3664 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3665 IdentifierInfo &Name,
3666 SourceLocation NameLoc,
3667 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3668 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3669 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3671 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3672 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3673 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3674 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3676 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3677 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3678 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3679 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3680 // defines a custom operator->).
3681 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3687 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(
3688 Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3689 CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3690 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3691 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3692 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
3695 BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3696 bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3697 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3698 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R,
3699 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3700 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3701 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
3703 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3705 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3706 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3707 const LookupResult &R);
3709 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3710 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3711 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3712 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3713 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3714 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3715 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3717 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3718 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3719 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3721 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3722 UnqualifiedId &Member,
3725 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3726 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3727 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3728 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3729 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3730 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3731 bool ExecConfig = false);
3732 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3734 const Expr *ArgExpr);
3736 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3737 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3739 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3740 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3741 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr,
3742 bool IsExecConfig = false);
3743 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3744 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3745 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
3746 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3747 Expr *Config = nullptr,
3748 bool IsExecConfig = false);
3750 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3751 MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3752 SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3754 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3755 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3756 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3757 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3759 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3761 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3763 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3764 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3765 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3766 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3768 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3770 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3772 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3775 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3776 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3777 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3780 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3781 MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3782 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3784 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3790 static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind);
3793 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3794 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3795 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3796 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3797 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3798 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3800 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
3801 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3802 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3803 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3804 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3806 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3807 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3808 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3810 void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3811 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3812 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3813 void ActOnStmtExprError();
3815 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3816 struct OffsetOfComponent {
3817 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3818 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident
3820 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3825 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3826 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3827 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3828 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3829 unsigned NumComponents,
3830 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3831 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3832 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3833 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3834 ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3835 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3836 unsigned NumComponents,
3837 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3839 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3840 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3841 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3842 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3844 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3845 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3846 SourceLocation RPLoc);
3847 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3848 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3851 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3853 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3855 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3856 enum IfExistsResult {
3857 /// \brief The symbol exists.
3860 /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3863 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3864 /// from one instantiation to the next.
3867 /// \brief An error occurred.
3872 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3873 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3876 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3877 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3878 UnqualifiedId &Name);
3880 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3882 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3883 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3885 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3887 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3890 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3892 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3894 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3896 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3897 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3898 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3901 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3902 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3903 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3905 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3906 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
3907 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3910 //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
3912 /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
3913 ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3914 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3915 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3917 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3919 /// __builtin_astype(...)
3920 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3921 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3922 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3924 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3926 // Act on C++ namespaces
3927 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3928 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3929 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3930 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3931 SourceLocation LBrace,
3932 AttributeList *AttrList);
3933 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3935 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3936 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3938 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3940 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3941 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3942 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3944 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3945 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3947 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3948 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3950 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3951 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3952 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3954 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3955 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3956 SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3958 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3959 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3960 AttributeList *AttrList);
3962 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3964 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3965 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3966 SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3967 IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3969 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3970 IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3972 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3973 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3974 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
3975 UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
3976 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3978 UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
3980 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3981 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3982 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3983 SourceLocation NameLoc,
3984 const LookupResult &Previous);
3985 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3986 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3987 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3988 SourceLocation NameLoc);
3990 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3991 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3993 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3994 AttributeList *AttrList,
3995 bool IsInstantiation,
3996 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3997 SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3999 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
4001 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
4003 bool HasUsingKeyword,
4004 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4006 UnqualifiedId &Name,
4007 AttributeList *AttrList,
4008 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4009 SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
4010 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
4012 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
4013 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4014 UnqualifiedId &Name,
4015 AttributeList *AttrList,
4017 Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec);
4019 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
4020 /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
4022 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
4024 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4025 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
4026 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
4027 bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
4028 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
4029 SourceRange ParenRange);
4031 // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
4032 // the constructor can be elidable?
4034 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4035 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
4036 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
4037 bool IsListInitialization,
4038 bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
4039 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
4041 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field);
4043 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
4044 /// the default expr if needed.
4045 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4047 ParmVarDecl *Param);
4049 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
4050 /// constructed variable.
4051 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
4053 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
4054 /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
4055 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
4056 // Pointer to allow copying
4058 // We order exception specifications thus:
4059 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
4060 // throw() comes next.
4061 // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
4062 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
4063 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
4064 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
4065 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
4066 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
4068 void ClearExceptions() {
4069 ExceptionsSeen.clear();
4074 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
4075 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
4076 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
4077 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
4080 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
4081 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
4082 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
4083 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
4087 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
4088 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
4090 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
4091 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
4093 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
4094 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4096 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
4097 void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
4099 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
4100 /// computed exception specification.
4101 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const {
4102 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI;
4103 ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
4104 if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
4105 ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions;
4106 } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) {
4107 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
4108 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
4109 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
4110 ESI.Type = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
4111 ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
4112 tok::kw_false).get();
4118 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4119 /// copy constructor of a class will have.
4120 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4121 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
4124 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4125 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
4127 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4128 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4130 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
4131 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
4132 /// parameter will be const.
4133 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4134 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4136 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4137 /// constructor of a class will have.
4138 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4139 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4141 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4142 /// assignment operator of a class will have.
4143 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4144 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4146 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4147 /// destructor of a class will have.
4148 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4149 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4151 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
4152 /// constructor of a class will have.
4153 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4154 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
4156 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
4157 /// special member function.
4158 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4160 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
4161 /// exception specification information with the results.
4162 void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel,
4163 ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4164 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4165 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4167 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
4168 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
4170 /// \brief Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly
4171 /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug.
4172 bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D);
4174 /// \brief Add an exception-specification to the given member function
4175 /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed
4176 /// after the method itself was declared.
4177 void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method,
4178 ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4179 SourceRange SpecificationRange,
4180 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4181 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4182 Expr *NoexceptExpr);
4184 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
4185 /// definition when it is defaulted.
4186 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
4187 bool Diagnose = false);
4189 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
4191 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4192 /// default constructor will be added.
4194 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
4195 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
4196 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4198 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4199 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
4200 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4201 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4203 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
4205 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4206 /// destructor will be added.
4208 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
4209 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4211 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
4212 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
4213 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4214 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4216 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
4218 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
4219 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
4220 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4221 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4223 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
4225 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
4226 /// constructors will be added.
4227 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4229 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
4230 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
4231 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4233 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
4235 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4236 /// copy constructor will be added.
4238 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
4239 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4241 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4242 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
4243 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4244 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4246 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
4248 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4249 /// move constructor will be added.
4251 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
4253 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4255 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4256 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
4257 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4258 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4260 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
4262 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4263 /// copy assignment operator will be added.
4265 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4266 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4268 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4269 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4270 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4272 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
4274 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4275 /// move assignment operator will be added.
4277 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
4278 /// wasn't declared.
4279 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4281 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
4282 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4283 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4285 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
4287 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4289 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
4290 /// special member function.
4291 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
4293 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
4294 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
4296 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4297 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4299 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
4300 /// member function.
4301 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4303 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
4304 /// static member function.
4306 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4307 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4309 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
4310 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
4311 /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
4312 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
4314 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4315 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
4317 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
4318 bool AllowExplicit = false,
4319 bool IsListInitialization = false);
4321 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4322 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4323 IdentifierInfo &Name);
4325 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4326 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4327 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4328 ParsedType ObjectType,
4329 bool EnteringContext);
4331 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
4333 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
4334 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
4335 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
4337 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
4338 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4339 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4340 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
4342 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
4343 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4345 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4347 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4348 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4351 SourceRange AngleBrackets,
4352 SourceRange Parens);
4354 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4355 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4356 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4357 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4358 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4359 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4361 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4363 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
4364 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4365 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4367 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4369 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4370 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4371 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4372 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4373 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4374 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4376 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4378 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
4379 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4380 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4382 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4384 /// \brief Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ).
4385 ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
4386 tok::TokenKind Operator,
4387 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
4388 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4389 ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
4390 BinaryOperatorKind Operator,
4391 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
4392 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4393 ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4394 BinaryOperatorKind Operator);
4396 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer.
4397 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
4399 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
4401 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
4402 QualType getCurrentThisType();
4404 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
4405 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
4406 /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
4407 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
4409 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
4410 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
4411 class CXXThisScopeRAII {
4413 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
4417 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
4418 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
4419 /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
4420 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
4421 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
4422 bool Enabled = true);
4424 ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
4427 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
4428 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
4430 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
4432 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
4435 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
4436 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
4437 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
4438 /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
4439 /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
4440 /// a non-static member function or a static function).
4441 /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
4442 bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
4443 bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
4444 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr);
4446 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
4447 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
4449 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
4451 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
4452 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4455 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
4456 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4458 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
4459 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
4461 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
4462 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
4463 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
4464 bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4465 bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E);
4467 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
4468 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
4469 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
4470 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
4471 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
4472 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4474 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4476 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
4477 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4479 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4481 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
4482 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
4483 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4484 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4485 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4486 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
4488 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
4489 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4490 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4491 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4492 SourceRange TypeIdParens,
4494 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
4496 SourceRange DirectInitRange,
4498 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
4500 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
4502 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4503 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
4504 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
4505 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
4506 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
4507 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4508 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
4510 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
4511 bool Diagnose = true);
4512 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
4513 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
4515 QualType Param2 = QualType(),
4516 bool addRestrictAttr = false);
4518 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
4519 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
4520 bool Diagnose = true);
4521 FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4522 bool CanProvideSize,
4523 DeclarationName Name);
4525 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4526 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4527 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4530 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4531 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
4532 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4533 bool ConvertToBoolean);
4535 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4536 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4537 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4538 SourceLocation RParen);
4540 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4541 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4542 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4543 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4544 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4545 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4546 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4548 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4549 /// pseudo-functions.
4550 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4551 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4554 SourceLocation RParen);
4556 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4557 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4558 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4560 SourceLocation RParen);
4562 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4563 /// pseudo-functions.
4564 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4565 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4567 SourceLocation RParen);
4569 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4570 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4572 SourceLocation RParen);
4574 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4576 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4577 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4578 ParsedType &ObjectType,
4579 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4581 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4582 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4583 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4584 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4585 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4586 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4587 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4588 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType);
4590 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4591 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4592 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4594 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4595 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4596 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4597 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName);
4599 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4600 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4601 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4602 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4603 const DeclSpec& DS);
4605 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4606 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4607 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4608 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4609 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4610 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4612 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4613 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4614 : SourceLocation());
4616 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4617 bool DiscardedValue = false,
4618 bool IsConstexpr = false,
4619 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false);
4620 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4622 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4623 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4625 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4626 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4627 bool EnteringContext = false);
4628 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4629 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4631 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
4633 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4635 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4636 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4638 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4639 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4641 /// \brief The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier.
4643 /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword.
4645 /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'.
4647 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4648 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4650 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4651 bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc,
4652 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4654 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD,
4655 bool *CanCorrect = nullptr);
4656 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4658 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4659 SourceLocation IdLoc,
4661 ParsedType ObjectType);
4663 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4664 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4665 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4666 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4667 QualType ObjectType,
4668 bool EnteringContext,
4670 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4671 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup,
4672 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
4674 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4676 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4678 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4680 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4682 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4684 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4685 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4687 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4688 /// this nested-name-specifier.
4690 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4691 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4692 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4693 /// including this new type).
4695 /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve
4696 /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message.
4698 /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':'
4699 /// are allowed. The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true'
4700 /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'.
4702 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4703 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4704 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4705 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4706 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4707 ParsedType ObjectType,
4708 bool EnteringContext,
4710 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false,
4711 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
4713 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4715 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4717 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4719 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4720 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4721 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4722 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4723 ParsedType ObjectType,
4724 bool EnteringContext);
4726 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4727 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4729 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4731 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4732 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4733 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4734 /// including this new type).
4736 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4737 /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4738 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4739 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
4740 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4741 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
4742 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4744 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4745 /// nested-name-specifier.
4748 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4749 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4751 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4752 TemplateTy TemplateName,
4753 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4754 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4755 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4756 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4757 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4758 bool EnteringContext);
4760 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4761 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4762 /// nested-name-specifier.
4764 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4766 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4767 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4768 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4770 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4771 /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4773 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4774 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4776 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4778 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4779 /// of the annotation pointer.
4780 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4781 SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4784 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4786 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4787 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4788 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4789 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4790 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4791 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4792 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4794 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4795 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4796 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4797 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4799 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4801 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4802 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4803 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4804 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4806 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4808 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4809 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4810 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4812 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4813 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4814 TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4815 bool KnownDependent,
4816 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
4818 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4819 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4820 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4821 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4822 SourceLocation EndLoc,
4823 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4825 /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
4826 void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
4827 CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4828 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4829 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4830 SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
4831 bool ExplicitParams,
4832 bool ExplicitResultType,
4835 /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform
4836 /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if
4837 /// not being used to initialize a reference.
4838 QualType performLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc,
4839 bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *&Init);
4840 /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's
4841 /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture.
4843 /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy
4844 /// variables appropriately.
4845 VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
4846 QualType InitCaptureType, IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init);
4848 /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture.
4849 FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
4851 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4853 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4855 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4856 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4858 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4859 /// statements present in the body.
4860 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4862 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4863 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4864 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4866 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4867 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4869 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4870 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4871 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4872 bool IsInstantiation = false);
4874 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4875 /// was successfully completed.
4876 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4879 /// \brief Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the
4881 ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
4882 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4884 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4885 /// function pointer.
4887 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4888 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4889 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4890 /// block pointer conversion.
4891 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4892 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4894 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4897 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4898 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4899 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4900 /// block pointer conversion.
4901 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4902 CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4904 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4905 SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4906 CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4909 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4910 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4912 unsigned NumStrings);
4914 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4916 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4917 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4918 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4919 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4920 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4922 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4924 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4925 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4926 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4927 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4928 /// "char *" or "const char *".
4929 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4931 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4933 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4934 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4936 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4937 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4938 unsigned NumElements);
4940 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4941 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4942 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4943 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4944 CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4945 bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4947 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4948 SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4949 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4951 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4953 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4954 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4955 SourceLocation AtLoc,
4956 SourceLocation SelLoc,
4957 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4958 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4959 bool WarnMultipleSelectors);
4961 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4962 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4963 SourceLocation AtLoc,
4964 SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4965 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4966 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4967 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4969 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4972 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4973 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4975 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4976 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4978 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4981 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4984 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4985 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
4986 bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
4988 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4989 SourceLocation ASLoc,
4990 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4991 AttributeList *Attrs = nullptr);
4993 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4995 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4996 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4997 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4999 void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer();
5000 void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl,
5001 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5004 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5007 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5008 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5010 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5011 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5012 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5013 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5014 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5016 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5019 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5020 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5022 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5024 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5026 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5029 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5030 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5032 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5034 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5036 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
5038 SourceLocation IdLoc);
5040 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
5041 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
5043 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
5044 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5046 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5048 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5050 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
5051 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
5053 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
5054 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
5056 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
5059 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
5060 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
5062 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5063 CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5065 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
5066 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
5067 /// first use occurred.
5068 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
5070 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
5072 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
5074 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
5075 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
5076 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
5077 /// by code generation).
5078 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
5080 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
5081 void LoadExternalVTableUses();
5083 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
5085 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5086 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
5088 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
5089 /// in the given class as needed.
5090 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
5091 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5093 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
5094 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
5095 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5096 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5098 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
5099 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
5102 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
5103 bool DefineUsedVTables();
5105 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5107 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
5108 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5109 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
5112 void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
5113 void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate(
5114 CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr,
5115 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec,
5116 SourceLocation BaseLoc);
5117 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5118 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
5120 SourceLocation LBrac,
5121 SourceLocation RBrac,
5122 AttributeList *AttrList);
5123 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
5124 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDefaultArgs(Decl *D);
5126 void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param);
5127 unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
5128 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5129 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5130 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
5131 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5132 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5133 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
5134 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
5135 CachedTokens &Toks);
5136 void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
5137 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
5139 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5141 Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
5142 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5143 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5145 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
5146 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5149 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
5150 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5151 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
5152 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
5153 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5154 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5155 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5157 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5159 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
5160 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5162 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
5163 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
5165 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
5167 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
5168 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5169 const FunctionProtoType *T);
5170 void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
5172 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5173 // C++ Derived Classes
5176 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
5177 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5178 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5179 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5180 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5181 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5183 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
5184 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5185 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
5186 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5187 ParsedType basetype,
5188 SourceLocation BaseLoc,
5189 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5191 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
5193 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
5196 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
5197 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5199 // FIXME: I don't like this name.
5200 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
5202 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5203 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5204 CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
5205 bool IgnoreAccess = false);
5206 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5207 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
5208 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
5209 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5210 DeclarationName Name,
5211 CXXCastPath *BasePath);
5213 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5215 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5216 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5218 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
5219 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
5220 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5221 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5223 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
5224 /// spec is a subset of base spec.
5225 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5226 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5228 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
5230 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
5231 void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5233 /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was
5234 /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method.
5235 void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5237 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
5238 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
5239 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
5240 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5241 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5244 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5245 // C++ Access Control
5255 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
5256 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
5257 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
5259 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
5260 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5261 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
5262 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5263 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
5264 SourceRange PlacementRange,
5265 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5266 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5267 bool Diagnose = true);
5268 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5269 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5270 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5271 AccessSpecifier Access,
5272 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
5273 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5274 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5275 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5276 AccessSpecifier Access,
5277 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
5278 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5279 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
5280 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
5281 QualType objectType = QualType());
5282 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
5283 AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
5284 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5285 DeclAccessPair Found);
5286 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5289 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5290 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
5291 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5292 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
5293 QualType Base, QualType Derived,
5294 const CXXBasePath &Path,
5296 bool ForceCheck = false,
5297 bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
5298 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
5299 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
5300 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
5301 AccessSpecifier access,
5302 QualType objectType);
5304 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
5305 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5306 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
5307 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5309 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
5311 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
5312 /// failures rather than hard errors.
5313 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
5315 enum AbstractDiagSelID {
5319 AbstractVariableType,
5322 AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
5326 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5327 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
5328 template <typename... Ts>
5329 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
5330 const Ts &...Args) {
5331 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
5332 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5335 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5337 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
5338 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
5340 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5341 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
5344 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5346 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5348 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5349 // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
5351 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5352 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5353 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5354 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5356 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5357 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
5358 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5360 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
5362 bool hasTemplateKeyword,
5363 UnqualifiedId &Name,
5364 ParsedType ObjectType,
5365 bool EnteringContext,
5366 TemplateTy &Template,
5367 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5369 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
5370 SourceLocation IILoc,
5372 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
5373 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
5374 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
5376 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
5377 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
5379 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename,
5380 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5381 SourceLocation KeyLoc,
5382 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5383 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5384 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
5385 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5386 ParsedType DefaultArg);
5388 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
5389 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5392 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5394 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
5395 SourceLocation TmpLoc,
5396 TemplateParameterList *Params,
5397 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5398 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5399 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5402 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5403 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
5405 TemplateParameterList *
5406 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
5407 SourceLocation ExportLoc,
5408 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5409 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5410 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
5411 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5413 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
5414 enum TemplateParamListContext {
5417 TPC_FunctionTemplate,
5418 TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
5419 TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
5420 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
5421 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
5422 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
5425 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
5426 TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
5427 TemplateParamListContext TPC);
5428 TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5429 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
5430 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
5431 ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
5432 bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
5434 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5435 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5436 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5437 AttributeList *Attr,
5438 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5440 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5441 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5442 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
5443 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists,
5444 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
5446 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
5447 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
5449 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
5451 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
5452 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5453 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5456 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5457 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5458 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5459 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5460 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5461 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
5463 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
5464 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
5465 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
5466 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
5467 SourceLocation TagLoc,
5469 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5470 TemplateTy TemplateD,
5471 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5472 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5473 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
5474 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5476 DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5477 Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
5478 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5479 StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
5481 DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5482 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5483 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5484 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5486 ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5487 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5488 VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5489 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5490 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5492 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5493 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5496 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5498 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5499 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5500 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5501 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5503 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
5505 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5506 UnqualifiedId &Name,
5507 ParsedType ObjectType,
5508 bool EnteringContext,
5509 TemplateTy &Template);
5512 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5513 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5514 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5515 TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId,
5516 AttributeList *Attr,
5517 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5518 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
5520 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
5521 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5524 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
5525 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5529 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
5530 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
5531 NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
5532 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
5533 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
5536 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5537 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5538 LookupResult &Previous);
5540 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5541 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5542 LookupResult &Previous);
5543 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
5546 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5547 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5548 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5550 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5551 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5552 TemplateTy Template,
5553 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5554 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5555 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5556 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5557 AttributeList *Attr);
5560 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5561 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5562 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5564 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5566 IdentifierInfo *Name,
5567 SourceLocation NameLoc,
5568 AttributeList *Attr);
5570 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5571 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5572 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5576 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5577 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5578 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5580 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
5582 bool &HasDefaultArg);
5584 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5585 /// argument is being checked.
5586 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5587 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5588 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5591 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
5595 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
5596 /// via template argument deduction.
5597 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
5600 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
5601 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5602 NamedDecl *Template,
5603 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5604 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5605 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
5606 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5607 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5609 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
5610 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
5612 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
5615 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
5617 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
5618 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
5619 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
5622 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
5623 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
5624 /// set of template arguments.
5626 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
5629 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5630 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
5631 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5632 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
5633 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
5634 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5636 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5637 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5638 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5640 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5641 TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
5642 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5643 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
5644 TemplateArgument &Converted,
5645 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5646 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5647 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5648 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
5651 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5653 SourceLocation Loc);
5655 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5656 SourceLocation Loc);
5658 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
5660 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
5661 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
5662 /// that might be redeclarations.
5665 /// template<typename T> struct X;
5666 /// template<typename T> struct X;
5670 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
5671 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
5672 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
5675 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
5676 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
5678 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
5680 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
5681 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
5682 /// template parameter.
5685 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
5686 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
5687 /// X<integer_c> xic;
5689 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
5692 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
5693 TemplateParameterList *Old,
5695 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
5696 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
5697 = SourceLocation());
5699 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
5701 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5702 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
5704 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5705 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5706 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5707 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
5708 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
5710 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5711 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
5712 SourceLocation IdLoc);
5714 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5715 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
5716 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
5718 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5719 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5720 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5721 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5722 /// \param TemplateName The template name.
5723 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5724 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
5725 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5726 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
5728 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5729 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5730 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5731 TemplateTy TemplateName,
5732 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5733 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5734 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5735 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5737 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5738 SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5739 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5740 const IdentifierInfo &II,
5741 SourceLocation IILoc);
5743 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5745 DeclarationName Name);
5746 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5748 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5749 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5750 TemplateParameterList *Params);
5753 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5754 const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5757 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5758 const TemplateArgument *Args,
5761 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5762 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5763 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5765 /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this
5766 /// location. Useful for error recovery.
5767 bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted();
5769 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5770 /// being diagnosed.
5772 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5773 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5774 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5775 /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5776 UPPC_Expression = 0,
5778 /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5781 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5782 UPPC_DeclarationType,
5784 /// \brief The type of a data member.
5785 UPPC_DataMemberType,
5787 /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5790 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5791 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5793 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5794 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5796 /// \brief The enumerator value.
5797 UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5799 /// \brief A using declaration.
5800 UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5802 /// \brief A friend declaration.
5803 UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5805 /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5806 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5808 /// \brief An initializer.
5811 /// \brief A default argument.
5812 UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5814 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5815 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5817 /// \brief The type of an exception.
5820 /// \brief Partial specialization.
5821 UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5823 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5826 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5829 /// \brief Lambda expression.
5832 /// \brief Block expression,
5836 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5838 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5840 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5841 /// parameter packs.
5843 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5845 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5846 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5847 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5848 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5850 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5851 /// diagnose the error.
5853 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5855 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5858 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5859 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5860 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5862 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5863 /// pack, diagnose the error.
5865 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5866 /// parameter packs.
5868 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5869 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5870 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5872 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5873 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5875 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5876 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5878 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5879 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5880 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5882 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5883 /// diagnose the error.
5885 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5886 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5888 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5889 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5890 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5892 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5893 /// diagnose the error.
5895 /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5897 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5898 /// parameter packs.
5900 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5901 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5902 TemplateName Template,
5903 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5905 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5906 /// pack, diagnose the error.
5908 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5909 /// parameter packs.
5911 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5912 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5913 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5915 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5916 /// template argument.
5918 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5919 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5920 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5921 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5923 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5924 /// template argument.
5926 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5927 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5928 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5929 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5931 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5934 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5935 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5936 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5937 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5939 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5942 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5943 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5944 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5945 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5947 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5948 /// nested-name-specifier.
5950 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5951 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5952 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5953 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5955 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5958 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5959 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5960 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5961 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5963 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5964 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5966 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5967 /// may already be invalid.
5969 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5970 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5971 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5973 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5974 /// creates a pack expansion.
5976 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5977 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5979 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5980 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5982 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5984 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5985 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5986 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5988 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5990 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5991 SourceRange PatternRange,
5992 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5993 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5995 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5996 /// creates a pack expansion.
5998 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5999 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6001 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6002 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6004 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6005 /// creates a pack expansion.
6007 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6008 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6010 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6011 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6012 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6014 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
6015 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
6016 /// transforming the pattern.
6018 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
6021 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
6022 /// the pack expansion.
6024 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
6027 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
6028 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
6029 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
6031 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
6032 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
6033 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
6034 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
6036 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
6037 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
6038 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
6039 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
6040 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
6041 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
6042 /// set this value in other cases.
6044 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
6045 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
6046 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
6048 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6049 SourceRange PatternRange,
6050 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
6051 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6053 bool &RetainExpansion,
6054 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
6056 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
6059 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
6060 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
6062 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
6063 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
6064 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6066 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
6067 /// parameter packs.
6069 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
6070 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
6076 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
6077 /// a variadic function.
6079 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
6080 /// false otherwise.
6081 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
6083 /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
6085 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
6087 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
6089 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
6090 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
6091 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
6092 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
6093 SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
6094 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
6096 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6097 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
6098 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6100 QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType);
6102 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
6104 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
6105 /// template argument deduction, as returned from
6106 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
6107 /// structure provides additional information about the results of
6108 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
6109 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
6110 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
6111 enum TemplateDeductionResult {
6112 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
6114 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
6116 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
6117 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
6118 TDK_InstantiationDepth,
6119 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
6120 /// for every template parameter.
6122 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
6123 /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
6125 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
6126 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
6127 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
6128 /// but were given a non-const "X".
6130 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
6131 /// resulted in an error.
6132 TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
6133 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
6134 /// corresponding component of the argument.
6135 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
6136 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6137 /// template, there were too many call arguments.
6138 TDK_TooManyArguments,
6139 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6140 /// template, there were too few call arguments.
6141 TDK_TooFewArguments,
6142 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
6143 /// template arguments for the given template.
6144 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
6145 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
6146 /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
6147 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
6148 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
6149 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
6152 TemplateDeductionResult
6153 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6154 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6155 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6157 TemplateDeductionResult
6158 DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6159 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6160 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6162 TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
6163 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6164 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6165 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6166 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
6167 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6169 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
6170 // deduction for a call.
6171 struct OriginalCallArg {
6172 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
6174 QualType OriginalArgType)
6175 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
6176 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
6178 QualType OriginalParamType;
6180 QualType OriginalArgType;
6183 TemplateDeductionResult
6184 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6185 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6186 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
6187 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6188 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6189 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr,
6190 bool PartialOverloading = false);
6192 TemplateDeductionResult
6193 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6194 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6195 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6196 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6197 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6198 bool PartialOverloading = false);
6200 TemplateDeductionResult
6201 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6202 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6203 QualType ArgFunctionType,
6204 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6205 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6206 bool InOverloadResolution = false);
6208 TemplateDeductionResult
6209 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6211 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
6212 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6214 TemplateDeductionResult
6215 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6216 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6217 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6218 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6219 bool InOverloadResolution = false);
6221 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
6222 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
6223 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
6224 TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
6225 QualType Replacement);
6227 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
6228 enum DeduceAutoResult {
6231 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
6234 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
6236 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
6238 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
6239 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
6240 bool Diagnose = true);
6242 TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const;
6244 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
6245 SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
6246 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
6248 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
6249 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
6251 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
6252 unsigned NumCallArguments1,
6253 unsigned NumCallArguments2);
6254 UnresolvedSetIterator
6255 getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
6256 TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
6258 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
6259 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
6260 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
6261 bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
6263 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
6264 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6265 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6266 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
6267 SourceLocation Loc);
6269 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6270 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6271 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
6273 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6276 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
6277 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
6278 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6279 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
6280 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
6282 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
6283 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6284 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
6286 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6287 // C++ Template Instantiation
6290 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList
6291 getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
6292 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr,
6293 bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
6294 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr);
6296 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
6297 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
6298 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
6299 enum InstantiationKind {
6300 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
6301 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
6302 TemplateInstantiation,
6304 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
6305 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
6306 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
6307 /// arguments as specified.
6308 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
6309 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
6311 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
6312 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
6313 /// provides the template arguments as specified.
6314 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
6316 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
6317 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6318 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6320 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
6321 /// template argument deduction for either a class template
6322 /// partial specialization or a function template. The
6323 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
6324 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6325 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6327 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
6328 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
6329 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
6330 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6332 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
6333 /// has been used when naming a template-id.
6334 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
6336 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
6337 /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
6338 ExceptionSpecInstantiation
6341 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
6342 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
6344 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
6345 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
6347 NamedDecl *Template;
6349 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
6352 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
6353 /// are not part of the entity.
6354 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
6356 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
6357 unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
6359 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
6360 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
6361 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
6363 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
6364 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
6365 /// template instantiation.
6366 SourceRange InstantiationRange;
6368 ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
6369 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(nullptr), Entity(nullptr),
6370 TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(nullptr) {}
6372 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
6373 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
6374 bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
6376 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6377 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6378 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
6381 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
6385 case TemplateInstantiation:
6386 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
6389 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6390 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
6391 return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6393 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
6394 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6395 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6396 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
6397 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6401 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
6404 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6405 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6410 /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
6412 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
6413 /// requires another template instantiation, additional
6414 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
6415 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
6416 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
6417 ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
6419 /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
6420 /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
6421 SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules;
6423 /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
6424 /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
6425 /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
6426 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
6428 /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
6429 /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
6430 /// template defined within it.
6431 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
6433 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
6434 /// template instantiation.
6436 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
6437 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
6438 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6440 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
6441 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
6442 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
6443 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
6445 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
6446 /// error or warning was produced.
6448 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
6449 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
6450 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
6451 /// to implement it anywhere else.
6452 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
6454 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
6455 /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
6457 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
6458 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
6459 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
6460 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
6462 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
6463 /// within a \c Sema object.
6465 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
6466 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
6468 int OldSubstitutionIndex;
6471 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
6472 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
6473 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
6476 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
6477 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
6481 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
6483 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
6485 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
6486 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
6487 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
6489 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
6490 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
6493 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
6494 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
6495 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
6496 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
6498 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
6501 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
6502 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
6503 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
6504 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
6505 /// produces an error and evaluates true.
6507 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
6509 struct InstantiatingTemplate {
6510 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
6511 /// function template, or a member thereof.
6512 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6514 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6516 struct ExceptionSpecification {};
6517 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
6518 /// of a function template.
6519 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6520 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
6521 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6523 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6525 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6526 TemplateDecl *Template,
6527 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6528 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6530 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6532 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6533 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6534 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6535 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6536 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6537 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6539 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6540 /// argument deduction for a class template partial
6542 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6543 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6544 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6545 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6546 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6548 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6549 /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
6551 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6552 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6553 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6554 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6555 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6557 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6559 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6560 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6562 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6563 /// non-type parameter.
6564 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6565 NamedDecl *Template,
6566 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6567 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6568 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6570 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6571 /// template template parameter.
6572 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6573 NamedDecl *Template,
6574 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6575 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6576 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6578 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
6579 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
6580 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6581 TemplateDecl *Template,
6583 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6584 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6587 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
6590 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
6592 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
6593 /// recursive template instantiations.
6594 bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
6599 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6600 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6601 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6603 InstantiatingTemplate(
6604 Sema &SemaRef, ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6605 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange,
6606 Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr,
6607 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = ArrayRef<TemplateArgument>(),
6608 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr);
6610 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
6612 InstantiatingTemplate&
6613 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
6616 void PrintInstantiationStack();
6618 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
6619 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
6622 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
6623 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
6624 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
6625 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
6626 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
6628 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
6629 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
6630 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
6631 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
6632 "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
6633 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
6636 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
6637 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
6641 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
6642 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6643 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6646 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
6647 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
6648 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
6649 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
6650 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
6652 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
6653 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
6654 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6658 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
6659 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
6660 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6661 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6664 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
6665 bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
6666 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
6670 /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
6671 /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
6672 /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
6673 /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
6674 class TentativeAnalysisScope {
6676 // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
6678 bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6680 explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
6681 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true),
6682 PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
6683 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
6685 ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
6686 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6690 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
6692 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
6694 /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
6696 bool DisableTypoCorrection;
6698 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
6699 unsigned TyposCorrected;
6701 typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
6702 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
6704 /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
6705 /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
6706 /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
6707 IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
6709 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
6710 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
6711 threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache;
6713 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
6715 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
6716 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
6717 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
6718 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
6719 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
6720 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
6721 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
6723 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6724 /// but have not yet been performed.
6725 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
6727 class SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII {
6729 SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII(Sema &S, bool Enabled)
6730 : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) {
6731 if (!Enabled) return;
6733 SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations);
6734 SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses);
6737 ~SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII() {
6738 if (!Enabled) return;
6740 // Restore the set of pending vtables.
6741 assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&
6742 "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.");
6743 S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses);
6745 // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations.
6746 assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&
6747 "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.");
6748 S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations);
6753 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses;
6754 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations;
6758 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6759 /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
6761 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
6762 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
6763 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
6764 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
6765 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6767 class SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII {
6769 SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
6770 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
6771 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
6774 ~SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII() {
6775 assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&
6776 "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations");
6777 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
6778 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
6783 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation>
6784 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6787 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
6789 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6790 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6791 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6793 QualType SubstType(QualType T,
6794 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6795 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6797 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
6798 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6799 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6801 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6802 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6804 DeclarationName Entity,
6805 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
6806 unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
6807 void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6808 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args);
6809 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
6810 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6811 int indexAdjustment,
6812 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
6813 bool ExpectParameterPack);
6814 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
6815 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
6816 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6817 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
6818 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = nullptr);
6819 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
6820 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6822 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
6823 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
6825 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
6827 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
6829 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
6830 /// default arguments will be dropped.
6832 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
6834 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
6836 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6837 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
6838 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6839 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
6841 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
6842 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6844 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
6845 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6847 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
6848 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6849 bool CXXDirectInit);
6852 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6853 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6854 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6857 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6858 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6859 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6860 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6861 bool Complain = true);
6863 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6864 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
6865 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6866 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6868 bool InstantiateInClassInitializer(
6869 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation,
6870 FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6872 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
6873 const Attr *TmplAttr;
6874 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
6877 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
6879 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
6882 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
6884 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6885 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
6886 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
6887 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
6890 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6891 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6892 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6893 bool Complain = true);
6895 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6896 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6897 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6898 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6900 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
6901 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6902 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6903 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6905 NestedNameSpecifierLoc
6906 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6907 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6910 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6911 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6913 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
6915 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6916 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6917 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
6918 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6920 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6921 FunctionDecl *Function);
6922 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6923 FunctionDecl *Function,
6924 bool Recursive = false,
6925 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6926 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
6927 VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
6928 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
6929 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
6930 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
6931 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos,
6932 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
6933 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr);
6934 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
6935 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
6936 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6938 BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
6939 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6940 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
6942 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
6943 bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false);
6944 void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
6945 VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
6946 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6947 void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6948 VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
6949 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6950 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
6951 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6953 bool Recursive = false,
6954 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6956 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
6957 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
6958 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6960 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
6961 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6962 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
6963 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6965 // Objective-C declarations.
6966 enum ObjCContainerKind {
6973 OCK_CategoryImplementation
6975 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6977 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6978 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6979 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6980 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6981 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6982 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6983 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6984 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6985 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6986 AttributeList *AttrList);
6988 void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
6989 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6990 SourceLocation SuperLoc);
6992 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6993 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6994 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6995 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6997 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6998 IdentifierInfo *PName,
6999 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
7000 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
7002 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
7003 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
7004 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
7005 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7006 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7007 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
7008 AttributeList *AttrList);
7010 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7011 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7012 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7013 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
7014 SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
7015 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
7016 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7017 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7018 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
7020 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
7021 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
7022 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7023 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
7024 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
7026 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
7027 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7028 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7029 IdentifierInfo *CatName,
7030 SourceLocation CatLoc);
7032 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
7033 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
7035 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
7036 IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
7037 SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
7040 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
7041 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
7043 AttributeList *attrList);
7045 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer,
7046 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
7047 unsigned NumProtocols,
7048 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
7050 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
7051 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
7052 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
7053 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
7055 unsigned &Attributes,
7056 bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
7058 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
7059 /// setters and getters as needed.
7060 /// \param property The property declaration being processed
7061 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
7062 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
7063 /// in class extension.
7064 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
7065 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
7066 ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
7067 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = nullptr,
7068 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = nullptr);
7071 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
7072 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
7073 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
7074 bool OverridingProtocolProperty);
7076 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
7077 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
7079 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
7080 ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
7081 ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
7083 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
7084 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7085 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
7086 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
7087 bool *OverridingProperty,
7088 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
7089 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
7091 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
7092 SourceLocation AtLoc,
7093 SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
7095 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
7096 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
7097 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
7099 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
7105 OSMK_NonRetainingInit
7108 struct ObjCArgInfo {
7109 IdentifierInfo *Name;
7110 SourceLocation NameLoc;
7111 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
7114 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
7116 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
7117 AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
7120 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
7122 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
7123 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {.
7124 tok::TokenKind MethodType,
7125 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
7126 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
7127 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
7128 // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
7129 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
7130 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
7131 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
7132 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
7134 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
7135 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
7137 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
7140 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
7141 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
7144 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
7146 SourceLocation OpLoc,
7147 DeclarationName MemberName,
7148 SourceLocation MemberLoc,
7149 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
7153 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
7154 IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
7155 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
7156 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
7158 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
7160 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
7161 /// send that starts with an identifier.
7162 enum ObjCMessageKind {
7163 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
7165 /// \brief The message is an instance message.
7166 ObjCInstanceMessage,
7167 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
7172 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
7173 IdentifierInfo *Name,
7174 SourceLocation NameLoc,
7176 bool HasTrailingDot,
7177 ParsedType &ReceiverType);
7179 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7181 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7182 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7183 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7186 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
7187 QualType ReceiverType,
7188 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7190 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7191 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7192 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7193 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7195 bool isImplicit = false);
7197 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
7198 bool isSuperReceiver,
7201 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7204 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
7205 ParsedType Receiver,
7207 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7208 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7209 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7212 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
7213 QualType ReceiverType,
7214 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7216 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7217 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7218 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7219 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7221 bool isImplicit = false);
7223 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
7224 QualType ReceiverType,
7227 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7230 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
7233 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7234 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7235 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7238 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7239 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7240 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7241 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
7244 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
7245 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7246 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7247 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7249 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
7252 void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
7254 void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
7256 bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
7259 bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc,
7260 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7261 ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass,
7262 ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod,
7263 ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod,
7264 TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl,
7267 bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc,
7268 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7271 bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr);
7273 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
7275 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
7276 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
7277 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
7278 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
7280 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
7281 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
7287 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
7288 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
7289 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
7291 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
7292 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native
7293 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
7294 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed
7295 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power
7296 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k
7297 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset
7300 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
7301 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
7302 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7304 enum PragmaPackKind {
7305 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
7306 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
7307 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
7308 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
7311 enum PragmaMSStructKind {
7312 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off
7313 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on
7316 enum PragmaMSCommentKind {
7318 PCK_Linker, // #pragma comment(linker, ...)
7319 PCK_Lib, // #pragma comment(lib, ...)
7320 PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...)
7321 PCK_ExeStr, // #pragma comment(exestr, ...)
7322 PCK_User // #pragma comment(user, ...)
7325 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
7326 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
7327 IdentifierInfo *Name,
7329 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7330 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7331 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7333 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
7334 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
7336 /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
7337 /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
7338 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg);
7340 /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma
7341 /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose
7342 /// representation]).
7343 void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers(
7344 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind,
7345 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7347 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp().
7348 void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaVtorDispKind Kind, SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7349 MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value);
7351 enum PragmaSectionKind {
7358 bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
7360 DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl);
7361 bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
7363 SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation);
7365 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg.
7366 void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7367 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
7368 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
7369 StringLiteral *SegmentName,
7370 llvm::StringRef PragmaName);
7372 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma section().
7373 void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7374 int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName);
7376 /// \brief Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg().
7377 void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7378 StringLiteral *SegmentName);
7380 /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
7381 void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value);
7383 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
7384 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
7386 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7388 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
7389 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
7390 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7392 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
7393 SourceLocation Loc);
7394 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
7396 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
7397 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7398 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7399 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
7401 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
7402 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
7403 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7404 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7405 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7406 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
7407 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7409 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
7410 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7411 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7412 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7413 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
7414 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7416 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
7417 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
7418 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
7420 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
7421 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
7422 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7424 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
7425 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7427 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
7428 void FreePackedContext();
7430 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
7431 /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
7432 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
7433 SourceLocation Loc);
7435 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
7436 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
7437 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
7439 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
7440 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
7441 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
7443 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
7444 void FreeVisContext();
7446 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
7447 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
7448 /// the appropriate attribute.
7449 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
7451 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize.
7452 void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7454 /// \brief Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize
7455 /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on".
7456 SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const {
7457 return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
7460 /// \brief Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope
7461 /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function
7462 /// with attribute optnone.
7463 void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD);
7465 /// \brief Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there
7466 /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone'
7467 /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma).
7468 void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc);
7470 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
7471 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
7472 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7473 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
7474 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7476 /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular
7478 void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, Expr *OE,
7479 unsigned SpellingListIndex);
7481 /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular
7483 void AddAlignValueAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
7484 unsigned SpellingListIndex);
7486 /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular
7488 void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *MaxThreads,
7489 Expr *MinBlocks, unsigned SpellingListIndex);
7491 // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7493 void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
7494 /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
7495 void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
7496 void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
7497 ExprResult VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op,
7498 OpenMPClauseKind CKind);
7499 /// \brief Checks if the specified variable is used in one of the private
7500 /// clauses in OpenMP constructs.
7501 bool IsOpenMPCapturedVar(VarDecl *VD);
7504 ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc,
7506 /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
7507 void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
7508 const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope,
7509 SourceLocation Loc);
7510 /// \brief Start analysis of clauses.
7511 void StartOpenMPClauses();
7512 /// \brief End analysis of clauses.
7513 void EndOpenMPClauses();
7514 /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
7515 void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
7517 /// \brief Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is,
7518 /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as
7519 /// private by default.
7520 /// \param Init First part of the for loop.
7521 void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init);
7523 // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7524 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
7526 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
7527 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
7528 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
7529 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
7530 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
7532 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7533 /// \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
7534 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
7536 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7538 /// \brief Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region.
7539 void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope);
7540 /// \brief End of OpenMP region.
7542 /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region.
7543 /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region.
7545 /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region.
7546 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses);
7547 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind,
7548 const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
7549 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7551 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7552 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7553 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
7554 /// of the associated statement.
7555 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7557 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7558 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7559 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing
7560 /// of the associated statement.
7561 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(
7562 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7563 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7564 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7565 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing
7566 /// of the associated statement.
7567 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForDirective(
7568 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7569 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7570 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7571 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing
7572 /// of the associated statement.
7573 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective(
7574 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7575 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7576 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7577 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing
7578 /// of the associated statement.
7579 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7580 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7581 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7582 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the
7583 /// associated statement.
7584 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7585 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7586 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the
7587 /// associated statement.
7588 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7589 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7590 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7591 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the
7592 /// associated statement.
7593 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7594 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7595 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the
7596 /// associated statement.
7597 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
7598 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7599 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7600 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing
7601 /// of the associated statement.
7602 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective(
7603 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7604 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7605 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7606 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after
7607 /// parsing of the associated statement.
7608 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective(
7609 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7610 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7611 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7612 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after
7613 /// parsing of the associated statement.
7614 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7616 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7617 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7618 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the
7619 /// associated statement.
7620 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7621 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7622 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7623 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'.
7624 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7625 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7626 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'.
7627 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7628 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7629 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'.
7630 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7631 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7632 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'.
7633 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7634 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7635 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7636 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the
7637 /// associated statement.
7638 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7639 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7640 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the
7641 /// associated statement.
7642 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7643 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7644 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7645 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the
7646 /// associated statement.
7647 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7648 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7649 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7650 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the
7651 /// associated statement.
7652 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7653 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7654 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7656 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7658 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7659 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7660 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7661 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'if' clause.
7662 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7663 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7664 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7665 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'final' clause.
7666 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7667 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7668 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7669 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause.
7670 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads,
7671 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7672 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7673 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7674 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause.
7675 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length,
7676 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7677 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7678 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7679 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause.
7680 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops,
7681 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7682 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7683 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7685 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7687 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
7688 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7689 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7690 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7691 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
7692 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind,
7693 SourceLocation KindLoc,
7694 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7695 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7696 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7697 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause.
7698 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind,
7699 SourceLocation KindLoc,
7700 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7701 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7702 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7704 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7705 unsigned Argument, Expr *Expr,
7706 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7707 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7708 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
7709 SourceLocation CommaLoc,
7710 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7711 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause.
7712 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause(OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind,
7713 Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7714 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7715 SourceLocation KindLoc,
7716 SourceLocation CommaLoc,
7717 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7719 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7720 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7721 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause.
7722 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7723 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7724 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause.
7725 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7726 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7727 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'untied' clause.
7728 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7729 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7730 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause.
7731 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7732 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7733 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'read' clause.
7734 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7735 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7736 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'write' clause.
7737 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7738 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7739 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'update' clause.
7740 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7741 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7742 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'capture' clause.
7743 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7744 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7745 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause.
7746 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7747 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7750 ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars,
7751 Expr *TailExpr, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7752 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7753 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7754 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
7755 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId);
7756 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
7757 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7758 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7759 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7760 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7761 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause.
7762 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7763 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7764 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7765 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7766 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause.
7767 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7768 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7769 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7770 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7771 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
7772 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7773 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7774 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7775 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7776 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause.
7778 ActOnOpenMPReductionClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7779 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7780 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7781 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
7782 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId);
7783 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'linear' clause.
7784 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7786 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7787 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7788 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7789 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7790 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause.
7791 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7793 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7794 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7795 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7796 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7797 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause.
7798 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7799 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7800 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7801 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7802 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause.
7803 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7804 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7805 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7806 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7807 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause.
7808 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7809 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7810 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7811 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7813 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
7814 enum CheckedConversionKind {
7815 /// \brief An implicit conversion.
7816 CCK_ImplicitConversion,
7817 /// \brief A C-style cast.
7819 /// \brief A functional-style cast.
7821 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
7825 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
7826 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
7827 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
7828 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
7829 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
7830 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
7831 CheckedConversionKind CCK
7832 = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
7834 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
7835 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
7836 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
7838 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
7839 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
7841 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
7843 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
7844 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
7845 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
7847 /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
7848 /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
7849 ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
7851 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
7852 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
7853 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
7855 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
7856 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
7857 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
7858 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
7860 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
7861 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
7862 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
7864 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
7866 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
7867 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
7868 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
7869 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
7871 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
7872 enum VariadicCallType {
7876 VariadicConstructor,
7877 VariadicDoesNotApply
7880 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7881 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7884 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
7894 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
7895 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
7897 /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
7898 /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
7899 void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
7901 /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it.
7902 bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E);
7904 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
7905 /// form of call prototypes.
7906 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7907 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7908 unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
7909 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
7910 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
7911 bool AllowExplicit = false,
7912 bool IsListInitialization = false);
7914 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
7915 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
7916 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
7917 FunctionDecl *FDecl);
7919 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
7920 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
7921 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
7922 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
7923 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
7924 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7925 bool IsCompAssign = false);
7927 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
7928 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are
7929 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
7930 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a
7931 /// source and destination type.
7932 enum AssignConvertType {
7933 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
7936 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
7937 /// accept as an extension.
7940 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
7941 /// accept as an extension.
7944 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
7945 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
7946 FunctionVoidPointer,
7948 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
7949 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
7950 IncompatiblePointer,
7952 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
7953 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
7954 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
7955 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
7956 IncompatiblePointerSign,
7958 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
7959 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
7960 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
7962 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
7963 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
7964 /// like address spaces.
7965 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
7967 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
7968 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
7969 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
7971 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
7973 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
7974 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
7975 IncompatibleVectors,
7977 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
7978 /// pointer. We disallow this.
7981 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
7982 /// pointers types that are not compatible.
7983 IncompatibleBlockPointer,
7985 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
7986 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
7987 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
7988 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
7990 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
7991 /// object with __weak qualifier.
7992 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
7994 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
7995 /// represent it in the AST.
7999 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
8000 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the
8001 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
8002 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
8004 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
8005 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
8006 bool *Complained = nullptr);
8008 /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag
8009 /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid
8010 /// value, to be used as a mask.
8011 bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
8012 bool AllowMask) const;
8014 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
8015 /// integer not in the range of enum values.
8016 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
8019 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
8020 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
8022 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
8026 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
8027 /// RHS to the LHS type.
8028 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
8032 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
8033 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
8034 // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
8035 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
8037 bool Diagnose = true,
8038 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false);
8040 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
8041 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
8042 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
8045 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
8047 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
8049 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8050 AssignmentAction Action,
8051 bool AllowExplicit = false);
8052 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8053 AssignmentAction Action,
8055 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
8056 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8057 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
8058 AssignmentAction Action,
8059 CheckedConversionKind CCK
8060 = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
8061 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8062 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
8063 AssignmentAction Action,
8064 CheckedConversionKind CCK);
8066 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
8067 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
8069 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
8070 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
8072 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
8073 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
8074 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
8075 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
8076 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
8078 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
8079 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8080 bool IsCompAssign = false);
8081 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
8082 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
8083 QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
8084 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
8085 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8086 QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
8087 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
8088 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
8089 bool IsCompAssign = false);
8090 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
8091 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
8093 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
8094 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8095 bool IsCompAssign = false);
8096 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
8097 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
8098 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
8099 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
8100 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
8101 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
8102 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
8104 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8105 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
8106 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8107 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
8108 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
8109 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
8110 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
8112 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
8113 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8114 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8115 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
8116 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
8117 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
8118 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
8119 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr);
8120 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
8121 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
8122 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr) {
8123 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get();
8124 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
8125 NonStandardCompositeType);
8131 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8132 SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8134 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
8135 SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8137 void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
8138 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType,
8139 bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range);
8141 /// type checking for vector binary operators.
8142 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8143 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
8144 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
8145 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8146 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
8147 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8148 SourceLocation Loc);
8150 bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
8152 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
8153 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
8155 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
8157 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
8158 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
8159 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
8160 enum ReferenceCompareResult {
8161 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
8162 /// reference binding is not possible.
8163 Ref_Incompatible = 0,
8164 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
8165 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
8166 /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
8168 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
8169 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
8170 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
8171 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
8172 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
8173 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
8174 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
8178 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
8179 QualType T1, QualType T2,
8180 bool &DerivedToBase,
8181 bool &ObjCConversion,
8182 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
8184 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
8185 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
8186 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
8188 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
8190 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
8192 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
8193 /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
8194 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
8195 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType);
8197 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
8198 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
8199 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
8200 // returns true if the cast is invalid
8201 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
8204 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
8205 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
8206 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
8207 // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
8208 // returns the cast expr
8209 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
8212 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8213 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8215 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
8217 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
8219 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
8220 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
8221 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
8222 QualType castType, Expr *&op,
8223 CheckedConversionKind CCK,
8224 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false,
8225 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD
8228 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
8229 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
8231 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
8234 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
8235 /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
8236 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
8237 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
8238 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
8240 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
8241 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
8242 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
8244 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
8245 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
8246 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
8248 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
8249 /// \param Method - May be null.
8250 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
8251 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
8252 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
8253 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
8254 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
8255 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
8256 bool isSuperMessage,
8257 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
8258 SourceRange RecRange,
8259 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
8261 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
8262 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
8263 /// and the form of the message send.
8264 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
8265 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
8266 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
8268 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
8269 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
8270 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
8272 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
8273 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
8274 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
8275 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
8277 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
8278 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
8279 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array
8280 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
8282 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
8284 /// \return true iff there were any errors
8285 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
8287 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
8290 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
8291 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
8292 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
8294 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
8295 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
8296 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
8298 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
8299 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
8301 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
8302 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
8303 /// the specified diagnostic.
8304 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
8305 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
8306 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
8308 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
8309 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
8310 /// in the global scope.
8311 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
8313 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
8314 /// expression violations.
8315 class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
8319 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
8321 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
8322 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
8323 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
8326 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
8327 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
8328 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
8329 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
8330 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
8331 bool AllowFold = true);
8332 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
8334 bool AllowFold = true);
8335 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
8336 llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr);
8338 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
8339 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
8340 /// Returns false on success.
8341 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
8342 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
8343 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
8344 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr);
8346 enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
8354 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
8356 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee);
8358 /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the
8359 /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members.
8360 /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created.
8361 /// \param CSM the kind of special member.
8362 /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself.
8363 /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on
8365 /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics.
8366 /// \return true if there was an error inferring.
8367 /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to
8368 /// the member declaration.
8369 bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
8370 CXXSpecialMember CSM,
8371 CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl,
8375 /// \name Code completion
8377 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
8378 enum ParserCompletionContext {
8379 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
8381 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
8383 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
8386 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
8387 /// category implementation
8388 PCC_ObjCImplementation,
8389 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
8390 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
8391 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
8392 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
8395 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
8396 /// headers within a class.
8398 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
8400 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
8401 /// also be an expression or a declaration.
8403 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
8404 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
8406 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
8407 /// while, switch, or for statement.
8409 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
8410 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
8412 PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
8413 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
8415 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
8416 /// might also be a type cast.
8417 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
8418 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
8419 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
8420 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
8423 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
8424 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
8425 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
8426 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
8427 bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
8428 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
8430 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
8431 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
8432 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
8433 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
8434 SourceLocation OpLoc,
8436 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
8437 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
8438 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
8439 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
8440 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
8441 void CodeCompleteConstructor(Scope *S, QualType Type, SourceLocation Loc,
8442 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
8443 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8444 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
8445 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
8446 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
8448 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
8449 bool EnteringContext);
8450 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
8451 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
8452 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
8453 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
8454 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
8455 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
8457 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
8459 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
8460 bool AfterAmpersand);
8462 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
8463 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
8464 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
8465 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
8466 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
8467 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
8468 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
8469 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
8471 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
8472 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
8473 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8474 bool AtArgumentExpression);
8475 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
8476 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8477 bool AtArgumentExpression,
8478 bool IsSuper = false);
8479 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
8480 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8481 bool AtArgumentExpression,
8482 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr);
8483 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
8484 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
8485 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
8486 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
8487 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
8488 unsigned NumProtocols);
8489 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
8490 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
8491 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
8492 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8493 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8494 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
8495 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
8496 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8497 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8498 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
8499 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8500 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8501 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
8502 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
8503 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
8504 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
8505 bool IsInstanceMethod,
8506 ParsedType ReturnType);
8507 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
8508 bool IsInstanceMethod,
8509 bool AtParameterName,
8510 ParsedType ReturnType,
8511 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
8512 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
8513 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
8514 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
8515 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
8516 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
8517 IdentifierInfo *Macro,
8518 MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
8520 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
8521 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
8522 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
8523 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
8526 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8527 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
8530 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
8531 unsigned ByteNo) const;
8534 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
8535 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr,
8536 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
8537 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
8538 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
8539 // FunctionDeclaration.
8540 struct FormatStringInfo {
8542 unsigned FirstDataArg;
8546 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
8547 FormatStringInfo *FSI);
8548 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
8549 const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8550 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
8551 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
8552 bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
8553 const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8554 bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8555 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8556 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8557 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8558 SourceLocation Loc);
8560 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8561 unsigned NumParams, bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc,
8562 SourceRange Range, VariadicCallType CallType);
8564 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
8566 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8567 unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8569 bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
8571 bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8572 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8574 bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8575 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8576 bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8577 bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8578 bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8580 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
8581 bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(CallExpr *Call);
8582 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
8583 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
8586 // Used by C++ template instantiation.
8587 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
8588 ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8589 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
8590 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
8593 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
8594 bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall);
8595 bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall);
8596 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
8597 bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
8598 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
8599 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
8600 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
8601 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
8602 llvm::APSInt &Result);
8603 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
8607 enum FormatStringType {
8618 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
8620 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
8621 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
8622 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
8623 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
8624 VariadicCallType CallType,
8625 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
8627 bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr);
8629 bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx);
8632 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
8633 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8635 VariadicCallType CallType,
8636 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
8637 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
8638 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8639 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
8640 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
8641 VariadicCallType CallType,
8642 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
8643 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
8645 void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
8646 const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8647 IdentifierInfo *FnInfo);
8649 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
8651 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
8653 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
8654 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
8656 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
8657 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
8659 void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
8660 SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
8661 bool isObjCMethod = false,
8662 const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr,
8663 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
8665 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
8666 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
8667 void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
8668 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
8669 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
8671 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
8672 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
8673 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
8674 bool IsConstexpr = false);
8676 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
8679 /// \brief Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue'
8680 /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC.
8681 void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E);
8683 /// \brief Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which
8684 /// attempts to add itself into the container
8685 void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message);
8687 void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
8688 void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
8689 bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
8691 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
8692 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
8693 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
8694 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
8696 struct TypeTagData {
8699 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
8700 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
8701 MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
8706 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
8707 /// layout-compatibility.
8708 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
8709 unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
8712 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely
8713 /// identifies the magic value.
8714 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
8717 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
8718 std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>>
8719 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
8721 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
8722 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
8723 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
8724 const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
8726 /// \brief The parser's current scope.
8728 /// The parser maintains this state here.
8731 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
8732 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
8735 friend class Parser;
8736 friend class InitializationSequence;
8737 friend class ASTReader;
8738 friend class ASTDeclReader;
8739 friend class ASTWriter;
8742 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
8744 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
8745 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
8746 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
8747 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
8748 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
8749 /// template substitution or instantiation.
8750 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
8752 void incrementMSManglingNumber() const {
8753 return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber();
8756 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
8757 IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
8759 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
8761 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
8762 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
8765 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
8767 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
8768 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
8769 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
8770 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
8771 DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
8775 /// \brief To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to
8776 /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it.
8777 static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs,
8778 bool PartialOverloading = false) {
8779 // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion.
8780 if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading)
8781 return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument.
8782 return NumArgs > NumParams;
8786 /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
8787 class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
8791 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
8792 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
8793 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
8794 bool IsDecltype = false)
8795 : Actions(Actions) {
8796 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
8799 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
8800 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
8801 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
8802 bool IsDecltype = false)
8803 : Actions(Actions) {
8804 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
8805 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
8809 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
8810 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
8814 DeductionFailureInfo
8815 MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
8816 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
8818 /// \brief Contains a late templated function.
8819 /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
8820 struct LateParsedTemplate {
8822 /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed.
8826 } // end namespace clang